blob: a74d50365e23f020ce49e1c65528cd86cc9c4829 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000029using namespace clang;
30
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000031
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000032/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
33/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
34///
35/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
36/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
37/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
38/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
39/// function is being used.
40///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000041/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
42/// decls.
43///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000044/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
45/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000046///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000047bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000048 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000049 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 }
52
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000053 // See if the decl is unavailable
54 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
55 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
56 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
57 }
58
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000059 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000060 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000061 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
62 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
63 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
64 return true;
65 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000066 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000067
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069}
70
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000071/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000072/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000073/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
74///
75void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000076 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000077 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000078 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000079 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
81 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000082
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000083 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
84 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000085 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000086 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
87 int isMethod = 0;
88 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
89 // skip over named parameters.
90 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
91 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
92 if (nullPos)
93 --nullPos;
94 else
95 ++i;
96 }
97 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
98 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +000099 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000100 // skip over named parameters.
101 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
102 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
103 if (nullPos)
104 --nullPos;
105 else
106 ++i;
107 }
108 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000109 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000110 // block or function pointer call.
111 QualType Ty = V->getType();
112 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000114 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
115 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000116 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
117 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
118 unsigned k;
119 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
120 if (nullPos)
121 --nullPos;
122 else
123 ++i;
124 }
125 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
126 }
127 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
128 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000131 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000132 return;
133
134 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000135 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000136 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000137 return;
138 }
139 int sentinel = i;
140 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
141 --sentinelPos;
142 ++i;
143 }
144 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
145 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000146 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000147 return;
148 }
149 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
150 ++i;
151 ++sentinel;
152 }
153 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
154 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000155 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
156 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000157 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000158 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 }
160 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000161}
162
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000163SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
164 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
165 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
166}
167
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000168//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
169// Standard Promotions and Conversions
170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
173void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
174 QualType Ty = E->getType();
175 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
176
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000177 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000178 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000179 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000180 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
181 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
182 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
183 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
184 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
185 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
186 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000187 //
188 // C++ 4.2p1:
189 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
190 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
191 //
192 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
193 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000194 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
195 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000196 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197}
198
199/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000200/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
202/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
203/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
204Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
205 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
206 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000207
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000208 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
209 //
210 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
211 // unsigned int may be used:
212 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
213 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
214 // and unsigned int.
215 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
216 //
217 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
218 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
219 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
220 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000221 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
222 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000223 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000224 return Expr;
225 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000226 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000227 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000228 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000230 }
231
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000232 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000233 return Expr;
234}
235
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000236/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000237/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
239void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
240 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
241 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000242
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000243 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000244 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000246 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
247 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000248
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000249 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
250}
251
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000252/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
253/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
254/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
255/// completely illegal.
256bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000257 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000259 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
260 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
261 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
262 << Expr->getType() << CT;
263 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000264 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000265
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000266 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
267 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
268 << Expr->getType() << CT;
269
270 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000271}
272
273
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
275/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000276/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000277/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
278/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
279/// GCC.
280QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
281 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000282 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000283 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284
285 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000286
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000288 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000289 QualType lhs =
290 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000292 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000293
294 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
295 if (lhs == rhs)
296 return lhs;
297
298 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
299 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
300 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
301 return lhs;
302
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000303 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000304 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
306 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000307 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000308 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
309 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
310
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000311 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000312 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000313 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
314 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000315 return destType;
316}
317
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000318//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
319// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321
322
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000323/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000324/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
325/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
326/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
327/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000328///
329Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000330Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000331 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
332
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000333 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000334 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000335 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000336
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000337 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000338 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
339 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000340
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000341 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000342 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000344
345 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
346 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
347 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000349 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
350 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
351 // strings.
352 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000353 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000354 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000355
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000358 Literal.GetStringLength(),
359 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
360 &StringTokLocs[0],
361 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000362}
363
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000364/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
365/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
366/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
367/// for values inside the block or for globals).
368///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000369/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
370/// up-to-date.
371///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000372static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
373 ValueDecl *VD) {
374 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
375 // we wanted to.
376 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
377 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000378
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000379 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
380 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
381 return false;
382
383 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
384 // snapshot it.
385 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
386 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000387 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
388 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000390 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
391 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
392
393 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
394 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
395 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
396 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
397 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
398 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
399 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
400 // having a reference outside it.
401 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
402 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000404 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
405 // a snapshot as well.
406 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
407 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000409 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410}
411
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000412
413
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000414/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000415Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000416Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
417 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
418 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000419 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
420 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 << D->getDeclName();
423 return ExprError();
424 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000425
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000426 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
427 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
428 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
429 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000431 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000432 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000433 << D->getIdentifier();
434 return ExprError();
435 }
436 }
437 }
438 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000440 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000442 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
443 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
444 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
445 D, Loc,
446 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
453 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000454 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000455 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000457 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
458 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
459 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000478/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
479/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
480/// actual member.
481///
482/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
483/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
484/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
485/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
486/// we found.
487///
488/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
489/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
490/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
491VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
492 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000493 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
494 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
495 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
496
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000497 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
499 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
500 do {
501 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000502 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000504 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 else {
506 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
507 break;
508 }
509 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000510 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000511 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000512
513 return BaseObject;
514}
515
516Sema::OwningExprResult
517Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
518 FieldDecl *Field,
519 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
520 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
521 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000522 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000523 AnonFields);
524
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000525 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
526 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
527 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
528 // found via name lookup.
529 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000530 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 if (BaseObject) {
532 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
533 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000534 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000535 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000536 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000537 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000538 BaseQuals
539 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
541 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
542 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
543 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
544 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000545 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000546 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
547 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
548 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000549 BaseQuals
550 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 } else {
552 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
553 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
554 // program our base object expression is "this".
555 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
556 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000557 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000558 = Context.getTagDeclType(
559 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
560 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000561 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000562 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
563 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
564 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000567 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
568 }
569 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000570 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
571 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000572 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000573 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
575
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000576 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000577 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
578 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
581 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
582 // anonymous struct/union.
583 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000584 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000585 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
586 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
587 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
588 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
590 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
591
592 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
593 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
594 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
595 ResultQuals.removeConst();
596
597 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
598 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
599
600 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
601 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
602
603 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
604 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
605 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
606
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000607 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000608 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000609 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
610 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000611 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000612 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 }
614
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616}
617
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000618Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
619 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
620 UnqualifiedId &Name,
621 bool HasTrailingLParen,
622 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
623 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
624 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
625 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000626 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
627 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
628 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
629 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
630 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
631 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000632 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
633 }
634
635 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
636 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
637 // ActOnIdExpression.
638 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
639 Name.StartLocation,
640 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
641 HasTrailingLParen,
642 &SS,
643 IsAddressOfOperand);
644}
645
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000646/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
647/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
648/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
649/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
650/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000651/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
652/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000653///
654/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
655/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
656/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
657/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000658///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000659/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
660/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
661/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
662/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000663Sema::OwningExprResult
664Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
665 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000666 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000667 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000668 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000669 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
670 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000671
672 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
673 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
674 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
675 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000676 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000677 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000678 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000679 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000680 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
681 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000682 }
683
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000684 LookupResult Lookup;
685 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000686
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000687 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
688 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
689 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
690 : SourceRange());
691 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000692 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000694 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000695
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000696 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
697 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000698 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
699 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000700 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
701 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000702 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
703 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000704 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000705 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000707 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000708 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000709 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000710 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
711 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000712
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000713 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
714 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
715 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
716 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000717
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
719 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
720 // an error.
721 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
722 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
723 << IV->getDeclName());
724 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
725 // same name exists, use the global.
726 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000727 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
728 ClassDeclared != IFace)
729 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000730 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
731 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000732 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000733 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
734 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
735 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
736 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
737 SelfName, false, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000738 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000739 return Owned(new (Context)
740 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000741 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000742 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000743 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000744 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000745 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
746 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000747 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000748 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000749 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
750 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000751 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000752 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000754 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000755 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000756 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000757
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000758 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000759 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
760 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000761 else
762 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000763 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000764 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000765 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000766
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000767 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
768 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000769 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000770 HasTrailingLParen;
771
772 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000773 // We've seen something of the form
774 //
775 // identifier(
776 //
777 // and we did not find any entity by the name
778 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
779 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
780 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
781 Context.OverloadTy,
782 Loc));
783 }
784
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000785 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000786 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000787 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000788 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000789 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000790 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000791 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000792 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
793 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000794 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
795 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
796 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
797 << SS->getRange());
798 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000800 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
801 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000802 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000803 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000804 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000805 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000806
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000807 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
808 // Warn about constructs like:
809 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
810 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000811
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000812 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
813 // information to check this property.
814 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
815 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000816 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000817 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000818 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000819 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
820 << Var->getDeclName()
821 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
822 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000823 break;
824 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000825
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000826 // Move to the parent of this scope.
827 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000828 }
829 }
830 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
831 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
832 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
833 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
834 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
835 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
836 // type.
837 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
838 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000839
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 QualType T = Func->getType();
841 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000842 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000843 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
844 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
845 }
846 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000847
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000848 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
849}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000850/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000851bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000852Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
853 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000854 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000855 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000856 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000857 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000858 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
859 return false;
860 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
861 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000862 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000863 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
864 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000865 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000866 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
867 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
868 DestRecordType,
869 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
870 From->getSourceRange()))
871 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000872 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
873 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000874 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000875 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000876}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000877
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000878/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000879static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
880 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000881 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
882 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000883 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000884 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000885 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000886 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
887 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
888 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000889
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000890 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
891}
892
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000893/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
894Sema::OwningExprResult
895Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
896 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000897 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000898 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
899 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
900 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000901
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000902 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
903 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
904 // not any specific instance's member.
905 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000906 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000907 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000908 QualType DType;
909 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
910 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
911 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
912 DType = Method->getType();
913 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
914 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
915 }
916 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
917 if (!DType.isNull()) {
918 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
919 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000920 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000921 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000922 }
923 }
924 }
925
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000926 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
927 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000928 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000929 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
930 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
931 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000932
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000933 // Cope with an implicit member access in a C++ non-static member function.
934 QualType ThisType, MemberType;
935 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
936 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
937 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
938 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
939 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000940
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000941 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
942 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
943 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
944 // explicitly qualified.
945 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
946 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000947 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000948
949 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
950 return ExprError();
951 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
952 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000953 }
954
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000955 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000956 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
957 if (MD->isStatic())
958 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000959 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
960 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000961 }
962
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000963 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
964 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
965 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000966 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
967 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000968 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000969
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +0000970 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000972 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000973 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000974 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +0000976
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000977 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000978 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000979 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
980 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000981 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000982 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
983 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000984 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000985 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
986 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +0000987 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
988
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000989 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000990
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000991 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
992 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
993 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
994 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000995 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000996 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000997 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
998 return ExprError();
999
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001000 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1001 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001002 return ExprError();
1003
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001004 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1005 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1006 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1007 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001008 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001009 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1010 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1011 //
1012 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001013 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001014 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001015 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001016 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001017 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001018 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1019 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001020 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001021
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001022 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001023 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001024 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001025 }
1026 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1027 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001028
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001029 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001030 bool ValueDependent = false;
1031 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1032 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001033 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001034 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1035 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1036 TypeDependent = true;
1037 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1038 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1039 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1040 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1041 TypeDependent = true;
1042 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1043 // names a dependent type.
1044 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001045 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001046 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1047 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001048 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001049 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1050 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1051 TypeDependent = true;
1052 break;
1053 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001054 }
1055 }
1056 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001057
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001058 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1059 //
1060 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1061 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1062 if (TypeDependent)
1063 ValueDependent = true;
1064 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1065 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1066 ValueDependent = true;
1067 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1068 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001069 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Mike Stump96638af2009-11-03 22:20:01 +00001070 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Dcl->getType()).getCVRQualifiers()
1071 == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001072 Dcl->getInit()) {
1073 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1074 }
1075 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001076 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001077
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001078 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1079 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001080}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001081
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001082Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1083 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001084 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001085
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001086 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001087 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001088 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1089 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1090 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001091 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001092
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001093 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1094 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001095
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001096 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1097 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001098 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001099 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001100 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001101
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001102 QualType ResTy;
1103 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1104 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1105 } else {
1106 unsigned Length =
1107 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001108
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001109 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001110 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001111 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1112 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001113 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001114}
1115
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001116Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001117 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001118 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1119 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1120 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001121
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001122 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1123 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1124 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001126
1127 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1128
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001129 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1130 Literal.isWide(),
1131 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001132}
1133
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001134Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1135 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001136 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1137 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001138 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001139 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001140 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001141 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001142 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001143
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001144 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001145 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1146 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001147 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001149 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001150 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001151
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001152 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001153 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001154 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001155 return ExprError();
1156
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001157 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001158
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001159 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001160 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001161 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001162 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001163 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001164 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001165 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001166 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001167
1168 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1169
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001170 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1171 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001172 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1173 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001174
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001175 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001176 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001177 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001178 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001179
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001180 // long long is a C99 feature.
1181 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001182 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001183 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1184
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001185 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001186 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001188 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1189 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1190 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001191 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1192 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001193 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001194 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001195 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1196 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001197
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001198 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1199 // be an unsigned int.
1200 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1201
1202 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001203 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001204 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1205 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001206 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001208 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1209 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1210 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1211 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001212 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001213 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001214 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001215 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001216 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001217 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001219 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001220 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001221 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001222
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001223 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1224 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1225 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1226 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001227 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001228 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001229 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001230 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001231 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232 }
1233
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001234 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001235 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001236 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001238 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1239 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1240 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1241 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001242 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001243 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001244 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001245 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001246 }
1247 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001248
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001249 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1250 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001251 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001252 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001253 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001254 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001255 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001256
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001257 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1258 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001259 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001260 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001261 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001262
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001263 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1264 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001265 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001266 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001267
1268 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001269}
1270
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001271Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1272 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001273 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001274 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001275 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001276}
1277
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001278/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001279/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001280bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001281 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1282 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1283 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001284 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1285 return false;
1286
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001287 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001288 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001289 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001290 if (isSizeof)
1291 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1292 return false;
1293 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001294
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001295 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001296 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001297 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1298 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001299 return false;
1300 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001301
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001302 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001303 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001304 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1305 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001306 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001307
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001308 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001309 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001310 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001311 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1312 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001313 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001314
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001315 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001316}
1317
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001318bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1319 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1320 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001321
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001323 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1324 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001325
1326 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1327 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1328 return false;
1329
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001330 if (E->getBitField()) {
1331 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1332 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001333 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001334
1335 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1336 // bit-field.
1337 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001338 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001339 return false;
1340
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001341 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1342}
1343
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001344/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001345Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001346Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1347 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001348 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001349 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001350 return ExprError();
1351
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001352 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1353
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001354 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1355 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1356 return ExprError();
1357
1358 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001359 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001360 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1361 R.getEnd()));
1362}
1363
1364/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1365/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001366Action::OwningExprResult
1367Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001368 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1369 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1370 bool isInvalid = false;
1371 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1372 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1373 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1374 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001375 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001376 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1377 isInvalid = true;
1378 } else {
1379 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1380 }
1381
1382 if (isInvalid)
1383 return ExprError();
1384
1385 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1386 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1387 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1388 R.getEnd()));
1389}
1390
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001391/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1392/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1393/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001394Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001395Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1396 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001397 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001398 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001399
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001400 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001401 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1402 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1403 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001404 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001405
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001406 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1407 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1408 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1409
1410 if (Result.isInvalid())
1411 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1412
1413 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001414}
1415
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001416QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001417 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1418 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001419
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001420 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001421 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001422 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001424 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1425 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1426 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001427
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001428 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1430 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001431 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001432}
1433
1434
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001435
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001436Action::OwningExprResult
1437Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1438 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001439 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1440 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001441 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001442
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001443 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1444 switch (Kind) {
1445 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1446 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1447 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1448 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001449
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001450 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1451 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1452 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001453 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001454 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1455
1456 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1457 //
1458 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1459 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1460 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1461 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1462 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1463 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1464 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001465 Expr *Args[2] = {
1466 Arg,
1467 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001468 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001469 };
1470
1471 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1472 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001473 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001474
1475 // Perform overload resolution.
1476 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001477 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001478 case OR_Success: {
1479 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1480 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1481
1482 if (FnDecl) {
1483 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1484 // operator.
1485
1486 // Convert the arguments.
1487 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1488 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001489 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001490 } else {
1491 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001492 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001493 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1494 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001495 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001496 }
1497
1498 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001499 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001501 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001502 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001503 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001504 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1505
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001506 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001507 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001508
1509 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1510 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1511 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1512 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1513
1514 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1515 FnDecl))
1516 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001517 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1518
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001519 } else {
1520 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1521 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1522 // operator node.
1523 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1524 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001525 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001526
1527 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001529 }
1530
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001531 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1532 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1533 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1534 // candidates.
1535 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1536 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1537 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1538 if (Result.isInvalid())
1539 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1540
1541 return move(Result);
1542 }
1543
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001544 case OR_Ambiguous:
1545 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1546 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1547 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1548 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001549 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001550
1551 case OR_Deleted:
1552 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1553 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1554 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1555 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1556 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1557 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001558 }
1559
1560 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1561 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1562 // build a built-in operation.
1563 }
1564
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001565 Input.release();
1566 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001567 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001568}
1569
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001570Action::OwningExprResult
1571Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1572 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001573 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1574 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1575
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1577 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001579 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001580 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1581 Base.release();
1582 Idx.release();
1583 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1584 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1585 }
1586
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001587 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001588 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001589 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1590 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1591 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001592 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001593 }
1594
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001595 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1596}
1597
1598
1599Action::OwningExprResult
1600Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1601 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1602 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1603 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1604
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001605 // Perform default conversions.
1606 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1607 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001609 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001610
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001611 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001612 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001613 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001614 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001615 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1616 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001617 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1618 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1619 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1620 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001621 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001622 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1623 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001624 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001625 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001626 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001627 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1628 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001629 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001630 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001631 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001632 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1633 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1634 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001635 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001636 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001637 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1638 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1639 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1640 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001641 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001642 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001643 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001644
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001645 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1646 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001647 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1648 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1649 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1650 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1651 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1652 // force the promotion here.
1653 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1654 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001655 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1656 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001657 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1658
1659 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1660 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001661 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001662 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1663 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1664 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1665 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001666 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1667 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001668 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1669
1670 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1671 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001672 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001673 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001674 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1675 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001676 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001677 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001678 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1679 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001680 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1681 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001682
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001683 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001684 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1685 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001686 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1687
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001688 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001689 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1690 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001691 // incomplete types are not object types.
1692 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1693 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1694 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1695 return ExprError();
1696 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001697
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001698 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001699 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001700 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1701 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001702 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001703
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001704 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1705 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1706 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1707 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1708 return ExprError();
1709 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001711 Base.release();
1712 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001713 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001714 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001715}
1716
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001717QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001718CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001719 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001720 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001721 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1722 // see FIXME there.
1723 //
1724 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1725 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001726 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001727
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001728 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001729 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001730
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001731 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001732 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1733 // to be selected.
1734 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001735
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001736 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1737 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001738 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001739
1740 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1741 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001742 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001743 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1744 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001745 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001746 do
1747 compStr++;
1748 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001749 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001750 do
1751 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001752 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001753 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001754
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001755 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001756 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1757 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001758 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1759 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001760 return QualType();
1761 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001762
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001763 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1764 // operates on.
1765 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001766 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001767
1768 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001769 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001770
1771 while (*compStr) {
1772 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1773 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1774 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1775 return QualType();
1776 }
1777 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001778 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001779
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001780 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1781 // number of elements.
1782 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001783 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001784 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001785 return QualType();
1786 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001787
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001788 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001789 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001790 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001791 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001792 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001793 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001794 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001795 if (HexSwizzle)
1796 CompSize--;
1797
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001798 if (CompSize == 1)
1799 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001800
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001801 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001802 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001803 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1804 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1805 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1806 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001807 }
1808 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001809}
1810
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001811static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001812 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001813 const Selector &Sel,
1814 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001815
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001816 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001817 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001818 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001819 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001820
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001821 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1822 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001824 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001825 return D;
1826 }
1827 return 0;
1828}
1829
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001830static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001831 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001832 const Selector &Sel,
1833 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001834 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1835 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001836 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001837 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001838 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001839 GDecl = PD;
1840 break;
1841 }
1842 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001843 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001844 GDecl = OMD;
1845 break;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001849 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001850 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1851 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001852 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001853 if (GDecl)
1854 return GDecl;
1855 }
1856 }
1857 return GDecl;
1858}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001859
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001860Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001861Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001862 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001864 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1865 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001866 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001867 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1868 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001869 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1870 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001871 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1872 return ExprError();
1873
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001874 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1875 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1876
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001877 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001878 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001879
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001880 // Perform default conversions.
1881 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001882
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001883 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001884
1885 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1886 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1887 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1888 // call, and continue on.
1889 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1890 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1891 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1892 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1893 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1894 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1895 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1896 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1897 ->isRecordType()))) {
1898 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1899 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1900 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1901 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1902
1903 OwningExprResult NewBase
1904 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1905 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1906 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1907 return move(NewBase);
1908
1909 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1910 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1911 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1912 }
1913 }
1914 }
1915
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001916 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1917 // use that.
1918 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1919 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1920 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1921 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1922 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001923 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001924 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001925 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001926 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001927
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001928 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1929 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1930 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1931 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1932 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1933 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1934 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1935 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1936 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1937 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1938 // Check the use of this method.
1939 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1940 return ExprError();
1941 }
1942 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1943 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1944 Selector SetterSel =
1945 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1946 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1947 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1948 if (!Setter) {
1949 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1950 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001951 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001952 }
1953 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1954 if (!Setter)
1955 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1956
1957 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1958 return ExprError();
1959
1960 if (Getter || Setter) {
1961 QualType PType;
1962
1963 if (Getter)
1964 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1965 else
1966 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1967 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1968 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1969 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1970 PType,
1971 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1972 }
1973 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1974 << MemberName << BaseType);
1975 }
1976 }
1977
1978 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1979 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1980 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001981 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001982 }
1983
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001984 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1985 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001986 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001987 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1988 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1989 if (SS) {
1990 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1991 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1992 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1993 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001994
1995 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001996 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001997 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001998 FirstQualifierInScope,
1999 MemberName,
2000 MemberLoc,
2001 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2002 LAngleLoc,
2003 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2004 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2005 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002006 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002007 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002008 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002009 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2010 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002011 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002012 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2013 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2014 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002015 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002016 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002017 // (so we'll report an error for)
2018 // T* t;
2019 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002020 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002021 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2022 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2023 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002024 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002025
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002027 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2028 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2029 if (SS) {
2030 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2031 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2032 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2033 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002035 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036 BaseExpr, false,
2037 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002038 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002039 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002040 FirstQualifierInScope,
2041 MemberName,
2042 MemberLoc,
2043 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2044 LAngleLoc,
2045 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2046 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2047 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002048 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002049 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002050
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002051 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2052 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002053 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002054 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002055 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002056 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2057 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002058 return ExprError();
2059
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002060 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2061 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2062 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2063 // nested-name-specifier.
2064 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002065
2066 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2067 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2068 << DC << SS->getRange();
2069 return ExprError();
2070 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002071
2072 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002073 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2074 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2075 }
2076
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002077 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002078 LookupResult Result;
2079 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002080
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002081 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002082 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2083 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002084 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002085 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2086 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002087 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002088 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002089
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002090 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2091
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002092 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002093 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002094 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002095 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002096 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002097 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002098
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002099 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2100 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2101 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2102 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2103 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2104 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002106 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2107 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2108 // error cases.
2109 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2110 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002111
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002112 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2113 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2114 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2115 // explicitly qualified.
2116 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2117 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2118 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002119
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002120 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002121 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002122 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002123
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002124 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002125 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2126 // (C++ [class.union]).
2127 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002128 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002129 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002130
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002131 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002132 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002133 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002134 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2135 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002136 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2137 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2138 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2139
2140 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2141 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2142
2143 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2144 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2145 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002146 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002147
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002148 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002149 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2150 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002151 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002152 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002153 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002155 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2156 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002157 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2158 Var, MemberLoc,
2159 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002160 }
2161 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2162 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002163 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2164 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2165 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002166 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002167 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002168 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2169 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002171 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002172 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2173 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002174 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002175 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2176 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2177 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002178 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002180 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2181 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2182 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002183 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002184 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002185 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2186 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2188 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002189 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002190 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2191 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2192 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002193 Context.OverloadTy));
2194
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002195 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2196 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002197 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002198 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2199 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002200 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2201 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002202 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002203 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002204 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002205 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002206
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002207 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2208 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2209 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002210 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2211 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002212 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002213 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002214
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002215 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2216 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2217 // pseudo-destructor.
2218 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2219 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2221 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002222 // type.
2223 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2224 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2225 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002227 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2228 // same as the object type.
2229 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2230 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2231 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2232 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2233 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234
2235 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002236 // the form
2237 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002238 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2239 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002240 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2241 //
2242 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2243 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002245 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2246 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2247 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002249 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002250 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002251 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2252 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2253 MemberLoc));
2254 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002256 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2257 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002258 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2259 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002260 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002261 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002262 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002263 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002264 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2265
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002266 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2267 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002268 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002269
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002270 if (IV) {
2271 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2272 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2273 // error cases.
2274 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2275 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002276
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002277 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2278 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2279 return ExprError();
2280 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2281 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2282 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2283 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2284 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2285 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2286 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2287 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2288 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2289 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2290 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2291 // AST for a function decl.
2292 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002293 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002294 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2295 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2296 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2297 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2298 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2299 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300
2301 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2302 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002303 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002305 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002306 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2307 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002309 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002310 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002311
2312 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2313 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2314 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002315 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002316 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002317 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002318 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002319 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002320 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002321 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002322 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002323 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002324 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002325 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002327 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002328 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002329 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2330 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2331 // Check the use of this declaration
2332 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2333 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002334
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2336 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2337 }
2338 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2339 // Check the use of this method.
2340 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2341 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002343 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002344 OMD->getResultType(),
2345 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002346 NULL, 0));
2347 }
2348 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002349
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002350 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002351 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002352 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002353 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2354 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002355 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002356 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002357 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2358 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2359 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002360 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002362 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002363 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002364 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2365 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2366 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002367 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002368 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002369 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002370 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2371 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002372 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002373 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2374 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002375 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002376 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2377 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002378 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002379 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2380 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2381 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002382
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002383 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002384 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2385 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002386 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2387 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002388 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002389 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2390 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2391 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002392
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002393 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2394 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2395 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002396 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2397 // selector is implemented.
2398
2399 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2400 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2401
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002402 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002403 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002404
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002405 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2406 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002407 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002408
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002409 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002410 if (!Getter)
2411 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002412 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002413 // Check if we can reference this property.
2414 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2415 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002416 }
2417 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2418 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002419 Selector SetterSel =
2420 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002421 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002422 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002423 if (!Setter) {
2424 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2425 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002426 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002427 }
2428 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002429 if (!Setter)
2430 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002431
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002432 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2433 return ExprError();
2434
2435 if (Getter || Setter) {
2436 QualType PType;
2437
2438 if (Getter)
2439 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002440 else
2441 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2442 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002443 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002444 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002445 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2446 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002447 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002448 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002449 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002451 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002453 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002454 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002455 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2456 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2457
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002458 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002459 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002460 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002461 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2462 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002463 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002464 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002465 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002466 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002467
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002468 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2469 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2470
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002471 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002472}
2473
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002474Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2475 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2476 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2477 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2478 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2479 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2480 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2481 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2482 TemplateName Template
2483 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2484
2485 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2486 // twice!
2487 DeclarationName Name;
2488 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2489 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2490 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2491 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002492 else {
2493 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2494 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2495 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2496 else
2497 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2498 }
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002499
2500 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2501 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2502 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002503 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2504
2505 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgumentLoc, 16> TemplateArgs;
2506 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002507 TemplateArgs);
2508 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2509
2510 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2511 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2512 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
2513 Name, true, Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
2514 TemplateArgs.data(), TemplateArgs.size(),
2515 Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc, DeclPtrTy(),
2516 &SS);
2517 }
2518
2519 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2520 // DeclarationName.
2521 OwningExprResult Result
2522 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2523 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2524 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2525 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2526
2527 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2528 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2529 return move(Result);
2530
2531 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2532 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2533 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2534 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2535 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2536 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2537 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2538 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2539 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2540
2541 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2542 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002543}
2544
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002545Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2546 FunctionDecl *FD,
2547 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2548 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2549 Diag (CallLoc,
2550 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2551 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002552 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002553 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2554 } else {
2555 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2556 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2557
2558 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002559 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002560
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002561 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2562 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002563 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002564
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002565 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002566 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002567 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002568
2569 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002570 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2571 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2572 return ExprError();
2573 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002574
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002575 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002576
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002577 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2578 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2579 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002581 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002582 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002583 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2584 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2585 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2586 }
2587 }
2588
2589 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2590 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2591}
2592
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002593/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2594/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2595/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2596/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2597/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2598/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002599bool
2600Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002601 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002602 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002603 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2604 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002605 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002606 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2607 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2608 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002609 bool Invalid = false;
2610
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002611 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2612 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2613 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2614 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2615 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2616 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2617 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2618 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002619 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002620 }
2621
2622 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2623 // them.
2624 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2625 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2626 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2627 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2628 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2629 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2630 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2631 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002632 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002633 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002634 }
2635 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2636 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002637
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002638 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2639 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2640 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002641
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002642 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002643 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002644 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002645
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002646 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2647 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002648 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2649 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002650 return true;
2651
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002652 // Pass the argument.
2653 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2654 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002655
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002656 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2657 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002658 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002659 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660
2661 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002662 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2663 FDecl, Param);
2664 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2665 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002666
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002667 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002668 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002669
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002670 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2671 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002672
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002673 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2674 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002675 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2676 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2677 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2678 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2679 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2680
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002681 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Eli Friedmana9ea9592009-11-14 04:43:10 +00002682 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002683 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002684 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002685 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2686 }
2687 }
2688
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002689 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002690}
2691
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002692/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2693/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2694/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2695/// template arguments, etc.
2696void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2697 NamedDecl *&Function,
2698 DeclarationName &Name,
2699 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2700 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2701 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2702 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002703 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002704 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2705 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2706 Function = 0;
2707 Name = DeclarationName();
2708 Qualifier = 0;
2709 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2710 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2711 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2712
2713 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2714 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2715 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2716 while (true) {
2717 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2718 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2719 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2720 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2721 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2722 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2723 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2724 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2725 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2726 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2727 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002728 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2729 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002730 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) {
2731 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2732 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2733 }
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002734 break;
2735 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2736 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2737 Name = DepName->getName();
2738 break;
2739 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2740 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2741 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2742 if (!Function)
2743 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2744 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2745 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2746 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2747
2748 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2749 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2750 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2751 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2752 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2753 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2754 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2755 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2756 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2757 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2758 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2759 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2760 //
2761 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2762 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2763 // is still possible.
2764 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2765 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2766 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2767 }
2768 break;
2769 } else {
2770 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2771 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2772 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2773 break;
2774 }
2775 }
2776}
2777
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002778/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002779/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2780/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002781Action::OwningExprResult
2782Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2783 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002784 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002785 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002786
2787 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2788 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002789
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002790 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002791 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002792 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002793 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002794 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002795 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002796
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002797 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002798 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2799 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2800 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2801 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2802 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2803 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2804 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2805 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002807 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2808 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002810 NumArgs = 0;
2811 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002812
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002813 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2814 RParenLoc));
2815 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002816
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002817 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002818 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002819 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2820 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002821 bool Dependent = false;
2822 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2823 Dependent = true;
2824 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2825 Dependent = true;
2826
2827 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002828 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002829 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2830
2831 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2832 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2833 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2834 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2835
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002836 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002837 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2838 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2839 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2840 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2841 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2842 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2843 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002844 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2845 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002846 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002847
2848 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2849 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2850 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2851 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002852 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2853 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2854 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002855
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002856 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2857 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2858 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2859 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002860
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002861 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2862 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2863 TheCall.get(), 0))
2864 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002865
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002866 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2867 RParenLoc))
2868 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002869
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002870 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2871 }
2872 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2873 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2874 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002875 }
2876 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002877 }
2878
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002879 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002880 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002881 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002882 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002883 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002884 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002885 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002886 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2887 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2888 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2889 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2890 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002891
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002892 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002893 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002894 if (NDecl) {
2895 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2896 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002897 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2898 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002899 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2900 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002901 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002902
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002903 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002904 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002905 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002906 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002907 ADL = false;
2908
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002909 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2910 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2911 ADL = false;
2912
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002913 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002915 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2916 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2917 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002918 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002919 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002920 if (!FDecl)
2921 return ExprError();
2922
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00002923 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002924 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002925 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002926
2927 // Promote the function operand.
2928 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2929
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002930 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2931 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002932 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2933 Args, NumArgs,
2934 Context.BoolTy,
2935 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002936
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002937 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2938 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2939 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2940 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002941 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002942 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002943 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2944 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002945 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002946 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002947 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002948 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002949 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002950 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002951 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2952 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2953
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002954 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002955 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2956 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2957 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002958 return ExprError();
2959
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002960 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002961 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002962
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002963 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002964 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002965 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002966 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002967 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002968 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002969
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002970 if (FDecl) {
2971 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2972 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2973 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002974 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002975 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002976 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002977 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2978 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2979 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2980 }
2981 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002982 }
2983
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002984 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002985 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2986 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2987 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002988 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2989 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002990 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2991 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002992 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002993 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002994 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002995 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002996
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002997 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2998 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002999 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3000 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003001
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003002 // Check for sentinels
3003 if (NDecl)
3004 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003005
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003006 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003007 if (FDecl) {
3008 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3009 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003010
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003011 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003012 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3013 } else if (NDecl) {
3014 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3015 return ExprError();
3016 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003017
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003018 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003019}
3020
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003021Action::OwningExprResult
3022Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3023 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003024 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003025 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3026 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003027 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003028 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003029 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003030
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003031 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003032 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003033 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3034 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003035 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3036 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003037 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003038 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003039 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003040 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003041
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003042 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003043 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003044 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003045
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003046 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003047 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003048 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003049 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003050 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003051 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003052 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003053 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003054}
3055
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003056Action::OwningExprResult
3057Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003058 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3059 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3060 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003061
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003062 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003063 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003064
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003065 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003066 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003067 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003068 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003069}
3070
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003071static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3072 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003073 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003074 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3075
3076 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3077 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3078 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3079 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3080 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3081 }
3082
3083 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3084 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3085 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3086 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3087 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3088 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3089 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3090 }
3091
3092 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3093 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3094 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3095 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3096 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3097 }
3098
3099 // FIXME: Assert here.
3100 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3101 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3102}
3103
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003104/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003105bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003106 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003107 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3108 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003109 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003110 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3111 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003112
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003113 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003114
3115 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3116 // type needs to be scalar.
3117 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3118 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003119 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3120 return false;
3121 }
3122
3123 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003124 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003125 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3126 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003127 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003128 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3129 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003130 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003131 return false;
3132 }
3133
3134 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003135 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003136 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003137 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003138 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003139 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003140 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3141 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003142 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3143 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3144 break;
3145 }
3146 }
3147 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3148 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3149 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003150 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003151 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003152 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003153
3154 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3155 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3156 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3157 }
3158
3159 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3160 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003161 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3162 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003163 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003164 }
3165
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003166 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3167 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3168
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003169 if (castType->isVectorType())
3170 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3171 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3172 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3173
3174 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003175 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003176
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003177 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3178 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3179
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003180 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003181 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3182 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3183 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3184 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3185 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3186 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3187 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3188 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3189 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3190 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003191 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003192
3193 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003194 return false;
3195}
3196
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003197bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3198 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003199 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003200
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003201 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003202 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003203 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003204 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003205 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003206 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003207 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003208 } else
3209 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003210 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003211 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003212
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003213 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003214 return false;
3215}
3216
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003217bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3218 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003219 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003220
3221 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3222
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003223 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3224 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003225 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3226 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3227 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3228 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003229 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003230 return false;
3231 }
3232
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003233 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003234 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3235 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003236 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3237 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3238 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3239 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003240
3241 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3242 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3243 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003244
3245 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003246 return false;
3247}
3248
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003249Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003250Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003251 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003252 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003253
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003254 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3255 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003256
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003257 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003258 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3259 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003260
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003261 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3262 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3263 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003264 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003265 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003266 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003267 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003268
3269 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003270 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003271 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003272
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003273 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3274 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003275
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003276 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3277 } else {
3278 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003279 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003280
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003281 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003282 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003283 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003284}
3285
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003286/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3287/// of comma binary operators.
3288Action::OwningExprResult
3289Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3290 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3291 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3292 if (!E)
3293 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003294
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003295 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003296
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003297 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3298 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3299 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003300
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003301 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3302}
3303
3304Action::OwningExprResult
3305Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3306 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3307 QualType Ty) {
3308 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003309
3310 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003311 // then handle it as such.
3312 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3313 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3314 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3315 return ExprError();
3316 }
3317
3318 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3319 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3320 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3321
3322 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3323 // braces instead of the original commas.
3324 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003325 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003326 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3327 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003328 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003329 Owned(E));
3330 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003331 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003332 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3333 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3334 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3335 }
3336}
3337
3338Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3339 SourceLocation R,
3340 MultiExprArg Val) {
3341 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3342 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3343 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3344 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3345 return Owned(expr);
3346}
3347
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003348/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3349/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003350/// C99 6.5.15
3351QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3352 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003353 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3354 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3355 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3356
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003357 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3358
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003359 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3360 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3361 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3362 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3363 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3364 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003365
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003366 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003367 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3368 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3369 << CondTy;
3370 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003371 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003372
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003373 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003374 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3375 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003376
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003377 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3378 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003379 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3380 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3381 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003382 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003383
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003384 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3385 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003386 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3387 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003388 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003389 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003390 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003391 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003392 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003393 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003395 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003396 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003397 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3398 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3399 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3400 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3401 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3402 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3403 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003404 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3405 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003406 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003407 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003408 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3409 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003410 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003411 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003412 // promote the null to a pointer.
3413 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003414 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003415 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003416 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003417 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003418 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003419 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003420 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003421 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3422 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3423 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3424 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3425 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003426 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003427 return LHSTy;
3428 }
3429 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3430 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003431 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003432 return RHSTy;
3433 }
3434 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3435 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3436 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003437 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003438 return LHSTy;
3439 }
3440 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3441 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003442 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003443 return RHSTy;
3444 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003445 // Handle block pointer types.
3446 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3447 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3448 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3449 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003450 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3451 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003452 return destType;
3453 }
3454 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3455 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3456 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003457 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003458 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3459 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3460 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003461 return LHSTy;
3462 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003463 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003464 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3465 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003466
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003467 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3468 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003469 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3470 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3471 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3472 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3473 // to get a consistent AST.
3474 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003475 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3476 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003477 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003478 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003479 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003480 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3481 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003482 return LHSTy;
3483 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003484 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003485 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003486
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003487 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3488 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3489 return LHSTy;
3490 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003491 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3492 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003493 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003494
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003495 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3496 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3497 // type. This allows
3498 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3499 // where B is a subclass of A.
3500 //
3501 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3502 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3503 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3504 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3505
3506 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3507 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003508 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003509 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003510 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003511 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003512 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003513 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003514 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003515 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003516 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3517 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3518 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3519 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3520 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003521 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003522 } else if (!(compositeType =
3523 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3524 ;
3525 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003526 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3527 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3528 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3529 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003530 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3531 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003532 return incompatTy;
3533 }
3534 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003535 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3536 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003537 return compositeType;
3538 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003539 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3540 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003541 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003542 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003543 QualType destPointee
3544 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003545 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003546 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3547 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3548 // Promote to void*.
3549 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003550 return destType;
3551 }
3552 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003553 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003554 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003555 QualType destPointee
3556 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003557 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003558 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3559 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3560 // Promote to void*.
3561 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003562 return destType;
3563 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003564 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3565 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3566 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003567 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3568 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003569
3570 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3571 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3572 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003573 QualType destPointee
3574 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003575 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003576 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3577 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3578 // Promote to void*.
3579 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003580 return destType;
3581 }
3582 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003583 QualType destPointee
3584 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003585 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003586 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003587 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003588 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003589 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003590 return destType;
3591 }
3592
3593 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3594 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3595 return LHSTy;
3596 }
3597 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3598 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3599 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3600 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3601 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3602 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3603 // to get a consistent AST.
3604 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003605 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3606 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003607 return incompatTy;
3608 }
3609 // The pointer types are compatible.
3610 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3611 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3612 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3613 // type.
3614 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3615 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003616 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3617 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003618 return LHSTy;
3619 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003620
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003621 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3622 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3623 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3624 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003625 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003626 return RHSTy;
3627 }
3628 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3629 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3630 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003631 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003632 return LHSTy;
3633 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003634
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003635 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003636 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3637 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003638 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003639}
3640
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003641/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003642/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003643Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3644 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3645 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3646 ExprArg RHS) {
3647 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3648 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003649
3650 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3651 // was the condition.
3652 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3653 if (isLHSNull)
3654 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003655
3656 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003657 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003658 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003659 return ExprError();
3660
3661 Cond.release();
3662 LHS.release();
3663 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003664 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003665 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003666 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003667}
3668
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003669// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003670// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003671// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3672// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3673// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003674Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003675Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003676 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003677
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003678 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3679 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3680 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3681 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3682 return Compatible;
3683 }
3684
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003685 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003686 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3687 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003689 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003690 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3691 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003692
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003693 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003694
3695 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3696 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3697 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003698 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003699 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003700 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003701
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003702 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3703 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003704 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003705 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003706 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003707 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003708
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003709 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003710 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3711 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003712 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003714 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003715 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003716 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003717
3718 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003719 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3720 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003721 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003722 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003723 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003724 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3725 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3726 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3727 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3728 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3729 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003730 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003731 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003732 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003733 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003734
3735 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003736 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003737 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003738 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003739
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003740 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3741 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3742 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3743 // warning can be disabled.
3744 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3745 return ConvTy;
3746 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3747 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003748
3749 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3750 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3751 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3752 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3753 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3754 do {
3755 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3756 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3757
3758 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3759 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3760 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3761
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003762 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003763 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003764 }
3765
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003766 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003767 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003768 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003769 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003770}
3771
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003772/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3773/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3774/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3775// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003776Sema::AssignConvertType
3777Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003778 QualType rhsType) {
3779 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003780
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003781 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003782 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3783 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003784
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003785 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3786 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3787 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003788
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003789 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003790
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003791 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003792 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003793 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003794
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003795 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003796 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003797 return ConvTy;
3798}
3799
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003800/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3801/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003802/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3803///
3804/// int a, *pint;
3805/// short *pshort;
3806/// struct foo *pfoo;
3807///
3808/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3809/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3810/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3811/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3812///
3813/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003814/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003815///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003816Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003817Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003818 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3819 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003820 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3821 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003822
3823 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003824 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003825
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003826 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3827 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3828 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3829 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3830 return Compatible;
3831 }
3832
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003833 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3834 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3835 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3836 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3837 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3838 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3839 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003840 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003841 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003842 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003843 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003844 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003845 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3846 // to the same ExtVector type.
3847 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3848 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3849 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3850 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3851 return Compatible;
3852 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003853
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003854 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003855 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003856 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003857 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003858 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3859 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003860 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003861 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003862 }
3863 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003864 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003865
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003866 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003867 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003868
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003869 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003870 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003871 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003872
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003873 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003874 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003875
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003876 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003877 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003878 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3879 return Compatible;
3880 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003881 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003882 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3883 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003884 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003885
3886 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003887 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003888 return Compatible;
3889 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003890 return Incompatible;
3891 }
3892
3893 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3894 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003895 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003896
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003897 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003898 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003899 return Compatible;
3900
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003901 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3902 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003903
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003904 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003905 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003906 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003907 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003908 return Incompatible;
3909 }
3910
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003911 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3912 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3913 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003914
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003915 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003916 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003917 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3918 return Compatible;
3919 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003920 }
3921 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003922 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3923 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003924 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3925 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003926 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3927 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003928 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003929 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003930 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003931 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3932 return Compatible;
3933 }
3934 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3935 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3936 return Compatible;
3937 return Incompatible;
3938 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003939 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003940 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003941 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3942 return Compatible;
3943
3944 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003945 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003946
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003947 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003948 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003949
3950 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003951 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003952 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003953 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003954 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003955 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3956 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3957 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3958 return Compatible;
3959
3960 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3961 return PointerToInt;
3962
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003963 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003964 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003965 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3966 return Compatible;
3967 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003968 }
3969 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003970 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003971 return Compatible;
3972 return Incompatible;
3973 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003974
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003975 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003976 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003977 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003978 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003979 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003980}
3981
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003982/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3983/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003984static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003985 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3986 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3987 // of the transparent union.
3988 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3989 &E, 1,
3990 SourceLocation());
3991 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3992 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3993
3994 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3995 // union type from this initializer list.
3996 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3997 false);
3998}
3999
4000Sema::AssignConvertType
4001Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4002 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4003
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004004 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004005 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4006 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004007 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004008 return Incompatible;
4009
4010 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4011 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4012 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4013 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004014 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4015 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004016 it != itend; ++it) {
4017 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4018 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4019 // 1) void pointer
4020 // 2) null pointer constant
4021 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004022 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004023 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004024 InitField = *it;
4025 break;
4026 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004027
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004028 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4029 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004030 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004031 InitField = *it;
4032 break;
4033 }
4034 }
4035
4036 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4037 == Compatible) {
4038 InitField = *it;
4039 break;
4040 }
4041 }
4042
4043 if (!InitField)
4044 return Incompatible;
4045
4046 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4047 return Compatible;
4048}
4049
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004050Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004051Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004052 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4053 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4054 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4055 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4056 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004057 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4058 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004059 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004060 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004061 }
4062
4063 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4064 // structures.
4065 }
4066
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004067 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4068 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004069 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4070 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004071 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004072 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4073 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004074 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004075 return Compatible;
4076 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004077
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004078 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004079 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004080 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004081 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004082 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004083 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004084 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4085 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004086
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004087 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4088 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004089
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004090 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4091 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004092 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4093 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4094 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4095 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004096 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004097 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4098 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004099 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004100}
4101
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004102QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004103 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004104 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004105 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004106 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004107}
4108
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004109inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004110 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004111 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004112 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004113 QualType lhsType =
4114 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4115 QualType rhsType =
4116 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004117
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004118 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004119 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004120 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004121
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004122 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4123 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004124 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4125 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004126 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4127 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004128 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004129 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004130 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004131 }
4132 }
4133 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004134
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004135 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4136 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4137 bool swapped = false;
4138 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4139 swapped = true;
4140 std::swap(rex, lex);
4141 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4142 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004143
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004144 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004145 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004146 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4147 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4148 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004149 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004150 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4151 return lhsType;
4152 }
4153 }
4154 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4155 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4156 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004157 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004158 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4159 return lhsType;
4160 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004161 }
4162 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004163
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004164 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004166 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004167 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004168 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004169}
4170
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004171inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004172 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004173 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004174 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004175
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004176 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004177
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004178 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004179 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004180 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004181}
4182
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004183inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004184 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004185 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4186 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4187 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4188 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4189 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004190
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004191 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004192
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004193 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004194 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004195 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004196}
4197
4198inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004199 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004200 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4201 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4202 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4203 return compType;
4204 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004205
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004206 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004207
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004208 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004209 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4210 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4211 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004212 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004213 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004214
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004215 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4216 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004217 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004218 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4219
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004220 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004221
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004222 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004223 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004224
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004225 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4226 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004227 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4228 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004229 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004230 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004231 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004232
4233 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4234 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4235 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004236 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004237 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4238 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4239 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4240 return QualType();
4241 }
4242
4243 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4244 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4245 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004246 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004247 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004248 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004249 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004250 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4251 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004252 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4253 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004254 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004255 return QualType();
4256 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004257 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4258 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4259 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4260 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4261 return QualType();
4262 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004263
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004264 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004265 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4266 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4267 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4268 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4269 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004270 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004271 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4272 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004273 return PExp->getType();
4274 }
4275 }
4276
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004277 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004278}
4279
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004280// C99 6.5.6
4281QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004282 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4283 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4284 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4285 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4286 return compType;
4287 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004288
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004289 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004290
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004291 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004292
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004293 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004294 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4295 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004296 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004297 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004298 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004299
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004300 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004301 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004302 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004303
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004304 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004305
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004306 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4307 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4308 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4309 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4310 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4311 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4312 return QualType();
4313 }
4314
4315 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4316 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4317 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4318 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4319 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004320 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004321 return QualType();
4322 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004323
4324 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4325 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4326 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004327 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004328 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004329 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004330 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004331 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004332
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004333 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4334 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4335 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4336 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4337 return QualType();
4338 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004339
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004340 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004341 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4342 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4343 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4344 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4345 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4346 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004347 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004348 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4349
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004350 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004351 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004352 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004353
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004354 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004355 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004356 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004357
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004358 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4359 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4360 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4361 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4362 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4363 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4364 return QualType();
4365 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004366
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004367 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4368 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4369 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004371 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004372 return QualType();
4373 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004374
4375 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4376 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4377 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4378 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4379 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004380 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4381 << rex->getSourceRange()
4382 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004383 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004384
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004385 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4386 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4387 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4388 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4389 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4390 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4391 return QualType();
4392 }
4393 } else {
4394 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4395 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4396 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4397 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4398 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4399 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4400 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4401 return QualType();
4402 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004403 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004404
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004405 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4406 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4407 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4408 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4409 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004410 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004411 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004412
4413 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004414 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4415 }
4416 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004417
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004418 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004419}
4420
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004421// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004422QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004423 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004424 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4425 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004426 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004427
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004428 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4429 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4430 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4431
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004432 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4433 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004434 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4435 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4436 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4437 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4438 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004439 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004440 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004441 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004442
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004443 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004444
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004445 // Sanity-check shift operands
4446 llvm::APSInt Right;
4447 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004448 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4449 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004450 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004451 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4452 else {
4453 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4454 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4455 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4456 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4457 }
4458 }
4459
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004460 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004461 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004462}
4463
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004464/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4465///
4466/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4467/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4468/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004469/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4470/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004471void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004472 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004473 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4474 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4475 return;
4476
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004477 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4478
4479 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4480 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4481 return;
4482
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004483 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4484 // chance at instantiation time.
4485 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4486 return;
4487
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004488 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4489 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004490 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004491 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4492 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4493 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004494 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004495 } else {
4496 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4497 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004498 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004499 }
4500
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004501 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004502 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4503 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004504 // of the comparison will be exact.
4505 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4506 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4507 return;
4508
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004509 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4510 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4511 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004512 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004513 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4514
4515 if (value.isNonNegative())
4516 return;
4517 }
4518
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004519 if (Equality) {
4520 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004521 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4522 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4523 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004524 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4525 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4526
4527 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4528 if (value.isNonNegative())
4529 return;
4530 }
4531 }
4532
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004533 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004534 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4535 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4536}
4537
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004538// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004539QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004540 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4541 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4542
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004543 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004544 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004545
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004546 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4547 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004548
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004549 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004550 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4551 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4552 else {
4553 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4554 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4555 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004556 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4557 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004558
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004559 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4560 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004561 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4562 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4563 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004565 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004566 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4567 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4568 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4569 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004570 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4571 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004572 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004573
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004574 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4575 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4576 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4577 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004578
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004579 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4580 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004581 Expr *literalString = 0;
4582 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004583 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004584 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4585 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004586 literalString = lex;
4587 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004588 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4589 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004590 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4591 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004592 literalString = rex;
4593 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4594 }
4595
4596 if (literalString) {
4597 std::string resultComparison;
4598 switch (Opc) {
4599 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4600 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4601 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4602 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4603 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4604 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4605 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4606 }
4607 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4608 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4609 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004610 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4611 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4612 "strcmp(")
4613 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4614 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004615 resultComparison);
4616 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004617 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004618
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004619 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004620 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004621
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004622 if (isRelational) {
4623 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004624 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004625 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004626 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004627 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004628 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004629 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004630 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004631
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004632 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004633 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004634 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004635
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004636 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4637 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4638 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4639 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004640
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004641 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4642 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4643 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004644 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004645 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004646 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004647 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004648 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004649
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004651 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4652 return ResultTy;
4653
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004654 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4655 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4656 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4657 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4658 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4659 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004660 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004661 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004662 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004663 if (T.isNull()) {
4664 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4665 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4666 return QualType();
4667 }
4668
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004669 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4670 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004671 return ResultTy;
4672 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004673 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4674 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4675 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4676 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4677 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4678 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4679 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4680 }
4681 } else if (!isRelational &&
4682 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4683 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4684 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4685 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4686 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4687 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4688 }
4689 } else {
4690 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004691 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004692 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004693 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004694 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004695 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004696 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004697 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004698
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004699 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004700 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004701 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004702 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004703 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4704 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004705 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004706 return ResultTy;
4707 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004708 if (LHSIsNull &&
4709 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4710 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004711 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004712 return ResultTy;
4713 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004714
4715 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004716 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004717 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4718 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004719 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4720 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4721 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4722 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4723 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4724 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4725 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4726 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004727 // types.
4728 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4729 if (T.isNull()) {
4730 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4731 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4732 return QualType();
4733 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004735 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4736 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004737 return ResultTy;
4738 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004739
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004740 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004741 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4742 return ResultTy;
4743 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004744
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004745 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004746 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004747 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4748 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004749
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004750 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004751 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004752 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004753 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004754 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004755 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004756 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004757 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004758 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004759 if (!isRelational
4760 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4761 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004762 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004763 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004764 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004765 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004766 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4767 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4768 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004769 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004770 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004771 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004772 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004773
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004774 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004775 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004776 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4777 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004778 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004779 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004780 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004781 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004782
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004783 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4784 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004785 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004786 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004787 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004788 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004789 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004790 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004791 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004792 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004793 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4794 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004795 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004796 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004797 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004798 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004799 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004800 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4801 if (RHSIsNull) {
4802 if (isRelational)
4803 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4804 } else if (isRelational)
4805 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4806 else
4807 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004808
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004809 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004810 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004811 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004812 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004813 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004814 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004815 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004816 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004817 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4818 if (LHSIsNull) {
4819 if (isRelational)
4820 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4821 } else if (isRelational)
4822 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4823 else
4824 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004825
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004826 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004827 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004828 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004829 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004830 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004831 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004832 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004833 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004834 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4835 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004836 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004837 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004838 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004839 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4840 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004841 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004842 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004843 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004844 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004845}
4846
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004847/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004848/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004849/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4850/// types.
4851QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004852 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004853 bool isRelational) {
4854 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4855 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004856 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004857 if (vType.isNull())
4858 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004859
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004860 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4861 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004862
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004863 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4864 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4865 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4866 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4867 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4868 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4869 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004871 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004872
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004873 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4874 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4875 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004876 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004877 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004878
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004879 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4880 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4881 // elements for floating point vectors.
4882 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4883 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004884
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004885 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004886 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004887 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004888 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004889 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004890 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4891
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004892 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004893 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004894 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4895}
4896
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004897inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004898 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004899 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004900 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004901
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004902 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004903
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004904 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004905 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004906 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004907}
4908
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004909inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004910 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004911 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4912 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004913
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004914 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4915 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4916
4917 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4918 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4919 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4920 return Context.BoolTy;
4921 }
4922
4923 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004924}
4925
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004926/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4927/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4928/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4929///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004930static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004931 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4932 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4933 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4934 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004935 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004936 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4937 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4938 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4939 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004940 }
4941 }
4942 return false;
4943}
4944
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004945/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4946/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4947static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004948 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004949 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004950 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004951 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4952 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004953 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4954 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004955
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004956 unsigned Diag = 0;
4957 bool NeedType = false;
4958 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4959 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4960 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004961 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004962 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4963 NeedType = true;
4964 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004965 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004966 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4967 NeedType = true;
4968 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004969 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004970 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4971 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004972 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004973 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4974 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004975 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4976 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004977 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004978 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4979 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004980 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004981 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4982 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004983 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004984 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4985 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004986 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4987 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4988 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004989 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4990 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4991 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004992 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004993
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004994 SourceRange Assign;
4995 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4996 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004997 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004998 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004999 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005000 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005001 return true;
5002}
5003
5004
5005
5006// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005007QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5008 SourceLocation Loc,
5009 QualType CompoundType) {
5010 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5011 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005012 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005013
5014 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5015 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005016
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005017 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005018 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005019 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005020 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005021 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5022 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5023 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005024 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005025 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005026 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005027 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005028
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005029 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5030 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5031 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005032 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005033 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5034 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5035 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5036 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5037 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005038 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005039 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005040 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5041 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5042 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005043 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5044 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005045 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5046 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5047 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005048 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005049 }
5050 } else {
5051 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005052 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005053 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005054
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005055 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5056 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005057 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005058
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005059 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5060 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005061 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005062 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5063 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005064 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005065 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005066 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005067}
5068
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005069// C99 6.5.17
5070QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005071 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005072 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005073
5074 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5075 // incomplete in C++).
5076
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005077 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005078}
5079
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005080/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5081/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005082QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5083 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005084 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5085 return Context.DependentTy;
5086
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005087 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5088 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005089
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005090 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5091 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5092 if (!isInc) {
5093 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5094 return QualType();
5095 }
5096 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5097 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5098 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005099 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005100 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5101 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005102
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005103 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005104 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005105 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5106 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5107 << Op->getSourceRange();
5108 return QualType();
5109 }
5110
5111 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005112 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005113 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005114 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5116 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5117 return QualType();
5118 }
5119
5120 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005121 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005122 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005123 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005124 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005125 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005126 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005127 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5128 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5129 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5130 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5131 return QualType();
5132 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005133 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5134 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5135 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005136 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005137 } else {
5138 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005139 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005140 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005141 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005142 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005143 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005144 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005145 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005146 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005147}
5148
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005149/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005150/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005151/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5152/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5153/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5154/// - &(x) => x
5155/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5156/// - &s.xx => s
5157/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5158/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5159/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5160/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005161static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005162 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005163 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005164 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005165 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005166 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5167 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5168 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005169 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005170 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005171 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005172 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005173 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005174 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5175 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005176 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5177 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5178 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5179 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5180 }
5181 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005182 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005183 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5184 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005185
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005186 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005187 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5188 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5189 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5190 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5191 default:
5192 return 0;
5193 }
5194 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005195 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005196 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005197 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005198 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5199 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005200 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005201 default:
5202 return 0;
5203 }
5204}
5205
5206/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005207/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005208/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005209/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005210/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005211/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005212/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005213QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005214 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5215 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5216
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005217 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5218 return Context.DependentTy;
5219
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005220 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5221 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5222 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5223 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5224 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5225 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5226 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5227 }
5228 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5229 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5230 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005231 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005232 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005233
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005234 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5235 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005236 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005237 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005238 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005239 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5240 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005241 return QualType();
5242 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005243 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005244 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5245 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5246 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005247 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005248 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5249 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005250 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005251 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005252 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005253 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005254 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5255 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5256 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5257 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5258 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005259 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5260 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005261 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5262 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005263 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005264 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005265 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5266 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005267 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005268 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5269 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005270 return QualType();
5271 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005272 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5273 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005274 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005275 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005276 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005277 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5278 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005279 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005280 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005281 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5282 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005283 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005284 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5285 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5286 return QualType();
5287 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005288
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005289 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5290 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005291 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005292 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005293 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005294 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005295 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005296 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5297 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005298 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5299 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5300 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005301 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005302 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005303
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005304 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5305 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5306 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5307 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5308 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5309 }
5310
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005311 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005312 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005313}
5314
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005315QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005316 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5317 return Context.DependentTy;
5318
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005319 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5320 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005321
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005322 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5323 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5324 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5325 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005326 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005327 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005328
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005329 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005330 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005331
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005332 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005333 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005334 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005335}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005336
5337static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5338 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5339 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5340 switch (Kind) {
5341 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005342 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5343 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005344 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5345 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5346 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5347 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5348 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5349 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5350 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5351 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5352 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5353 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5354 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5355 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5356 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5357 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5358 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5359 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5360 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5361 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5362 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5363 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5364 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5365 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5366 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5367 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5368 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5369 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5370 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5371 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5372 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5373 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5374 }
5375 return Opc;
5376}
5377
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005378static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5379 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5380 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5381 switch (Kind) {
5382 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5383 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5384 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5385 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5386 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5387 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5388 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5389 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5390 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005391 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5392 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005393 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005394 }
5395 return Opc;
5396}
5397
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005398/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5399/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5400/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005401Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5402 unsigned Op,
5403 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005404 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005405 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005406 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5407 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5408 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005409
5410 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005411 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5412 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5413 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005414 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5415 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5416 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5417 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5418 break;
5419 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005420 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5421 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5422 break;
5423 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5424 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5425 break;
5426 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5427 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5428 break;
5429 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5430 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5431 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005432 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005433 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5434 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5435 break;
5436 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5437 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5438 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5439 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005440 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005441 break;
5442 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5443 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005444 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005445 break;
5446 case BinaryOperator::And:
5447 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5448 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5449 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5450 break;
5451 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5452 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5453 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5454 break;
5455 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5456 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005457 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5458 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5459 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5460 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005461 break;
5462 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005463 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5464 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5465 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5466 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005467 break;
5468 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005469 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5470 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5471 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005472 break;
5473 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005474 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5475 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5476 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005477 break;
5478 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5479 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005480 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5481 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5482 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5483 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005484 break;
5485 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5486 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5487 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005488 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5489 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5490 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5491 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005492 break;
5493 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5494 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5495 break;
5496 }
5497 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005498 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005499 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005500 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5501 else
5502 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005503 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5504 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005505}
5506
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005507/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5508/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005509static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5510 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5511 SourceRange ParenRange)
5512{
5513 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5514 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5515 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5516 // warning/error and return.
5517 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5518 return;
5519 }
5520
5521 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5522 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5523 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5524}
5525
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005526/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5527/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5528/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5529/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005530static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5531 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005532 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5533 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5534 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5535 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005536 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005537 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005538 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5539
5540 // Subs are not binary operators.
5541 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5542 return;
5543
5544 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5545 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005546 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5547 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005548 return;
5549
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005550 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005551 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5552 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005553 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5554 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5555 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5556 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005557 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5558 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005559 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5560 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5561 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005562}
5563
5564/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5565/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5566/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5567static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5568 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005569 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005570 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5571}
5572
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005573// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005574Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5575 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5576 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005577 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005578 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005579
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005580 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5581 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005582
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005583 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5584 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5585
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005586 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5587}
5588
5589Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5590 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5591 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005593 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005594 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5595 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5596 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5597 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5598 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005599 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005600 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5601 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005602 if (S)
5603 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5604 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005605 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005606 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005607 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005608 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005609 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005610
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005611 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5612 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005613 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005614 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005615
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005616 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005617 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005618}
5619
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005620Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005621 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005622 ExprArg InputArg) {
5623 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005624
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005625 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005626 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005627 QualType resultType;
5628 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005629 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5630 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5631 break;
5632
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005633 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5634 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005635 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5636 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005637 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005638 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5639 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005640 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005641 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005642 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005643 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005644 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005645 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005646 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005647 break;
5648 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5649 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005650 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5651 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005652 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5653 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005654 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5655 break;
5656 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5657 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5658 break;
5659 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5660 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5661 resultType->isPointerType())
5662 break;
5663
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005664 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5665 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005666 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005667 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5668 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005669 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5670 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005671 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5672 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5673 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005674 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005675 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005676 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005677 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5678 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005679 break;
5680 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005681 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005682 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5683 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005684 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5685 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005686 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005687 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5688 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005689 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005690 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5691 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005692 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005693 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005694 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005695 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005696 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005697 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005698 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005699 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005700 }
5701 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005702 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005703
5704 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005705 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005706}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005707
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005708Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5709 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5710 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005711 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005712 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5713 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005714 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5715 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5716 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5717 // the arguments.
5718 FunctionSet Functions;
5719 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5720 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005721 if (S)
5722 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5723 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005724 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005725 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005726 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005727 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005728
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005729 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5730 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005731
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005732 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5733}
5734
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005735// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5736Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5737 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5738 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5739}
5740
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005741/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005742Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5743 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5744 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005745 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005746 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005747
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005748 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5749 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005750 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005751 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005752
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005753 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005754 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5755 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005756}
5757
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005758Sema::OwningExprResult
5759Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5760 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5761 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005762 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5763 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5764
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005765 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005766 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005767 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005768
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005769 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5770 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5771 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005772
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005773 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5774 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5775 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005776
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005777 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5778 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5779 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5780 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5781 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005782
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005783 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005784 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005785 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005786
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005787 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5788 // expressions are not lvalues.
5789
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005790 substmt.release();
5791 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005792}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005793
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005794Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5795 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5796 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5797 TypeTy *argty,
5798 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5799 unsigned NumComponents,
5800 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5801 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5802 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005803 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5804 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005805 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005806
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005807 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5808
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005809 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5810 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5811 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005812 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005813 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005814
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005815 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5816 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005817
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005818 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5819 // the offsetof designators.
5820 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5821 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005822 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005823 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005824
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005825 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5826 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005827 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5828 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005829 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005830 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5831 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005832
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005833 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005834 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005835
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005836 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5837 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5838 return ExprError();
5839
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005840 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5841 // leaks like a sieve.
5842 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5843 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5844 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5845 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5846 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5847 if (!AT) {
5848 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005849 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5850 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005851 }
5852
5853 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5854
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005855 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5856 // expression.
5857 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5858
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005859 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5860 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005861 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005862 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005863 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005864 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005865 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005866
5867 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5868 OC.LocEnd);
5869 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005870 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005871
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005872 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005873 if (!RC) {
5874 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005875 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5876 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005877 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005878
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005879 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5880 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005881 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005882 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005883 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5884 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5885 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005886 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5887 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005888 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005889
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005890 LookupResult R;
5891 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5892
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005893 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005894 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005895 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005896 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005897 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5898 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005899
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005900 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5901 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005902 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005903 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005904 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005905 } else {
5906 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5907 // doesn't matter here.
5908 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5909 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5910 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005911 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005912 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005913
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005914 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5915 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005916}
5917
5918
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005919Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5920 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5921 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005922 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5923 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5924 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005925
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005926 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005927
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005928 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5929 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5930 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5931 return ExprError();
5932 }
5933
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005934 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5935 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005936}
5937
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005938Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5939 ExprArg cond,
5940 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5941 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5942 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5943 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5944 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005945
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005946 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5947
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005948 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005949 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005950 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005951 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005952 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005953 } else {
5954 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5955 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5956 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5957 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005958 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5959 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5960 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005961
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005962 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5963 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005964 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5965 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005966 }
5967
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005968 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5969 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005970 resType, RPLoc,
5971 resType->isDependentType(),
5972 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005973}
5974
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005975//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5976// Clang Extensions.
5977//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5978
5979/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005980void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005981 // Analyze block parameters.
5982 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005983
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005984 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5985 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5986 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005987
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005988 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005989 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005990 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005991 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005992 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5993 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005994
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005995 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005996 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005997}
5998
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005999void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006000 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006001
6002 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6003 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006004 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006005 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6006
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006007 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6008 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6009 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6010 return;
6011 }
6012
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006013 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6014 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6015 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6016
6017 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6018 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006019 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006020 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006021 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006022 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006023 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6024 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006025 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006026
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006027 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6028 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6029 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6030 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6031 return;
6032 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006033 return;
6034 }
6035
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006036 // Analyze arguments to block.
6037 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6038 "Not a function declarator!");
6039 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006040
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006041 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6042 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006043
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006044 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6045 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6046 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6047 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006048 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6049 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006050 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006051 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006052 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6053 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006054 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006055 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006056 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006057 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006058 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006059 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006060 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006061 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6062 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6063 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6064 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6065 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006066
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006067 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006068 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006069 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006070 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006071 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006072 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6073 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006074
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006075 // Analyze the return type.
6076 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006077 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006078
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006079 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6080 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6081 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6082 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6083 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006084 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006085}
6086
6087/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6088/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6089void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6090 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6091 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006092
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006093 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6094
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006095 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006096 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006097 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006098 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006099}
6100
6101/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6102/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006103Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6104 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006105 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6106 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6107 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006108
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006109 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6110 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006111
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006112 PopDeclContext();
6113
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006114 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6115 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006116
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006117 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006118 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6119 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006120
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006121 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6122 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6123 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006124
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006125 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006126 QualType BlockTy;
6127 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006128 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6129 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006130 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006131 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006132 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6133 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006134
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006135 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006136 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006137 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006138
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006139 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6140 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6141 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6142 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006143
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006144 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006145 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006146 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6147 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006148}
6149
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006150Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6151 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6152 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006153 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006154 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6155 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006156
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006157 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006158
6159 // Get the va_list type
6160 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006161 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6162 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6163 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6164 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006165 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006166 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6167 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6168 } else {
6169 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6170 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006171 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006172 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006173 return ExprError();
6174 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006175
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006176 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6177 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006178 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6179 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006180 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006181 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006182
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006183 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006184 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006185
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006186 expr.release();
6187 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6188 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006189}
6190
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006191Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006192 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6193 // pointers on the target.
6194 QualType Ty;
6195 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6196 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6197 else
6198 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6199
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006200 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006201}
6202
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006203static void
6204MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6205 QualType DstType,
6206 Expr *SrcExpr,
6207 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6208 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6209 return;
6210
6211 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6212 if (!PT)
6213 return;
6214
6215 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6216 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6217 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6218 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6219 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6220 return;
6221 }
6222
6223 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6224 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6225 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6226 return;
6227
6228 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6229}
6230
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006231bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6232 SourceLocation Loc,
6233 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6234 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6235 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6236 bool isInvalid = false;
6237 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006238 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6239
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006240 switch (ConvTy) {
6241 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6242 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006243 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006244 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6245 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006246 case IntToPointer:
6247 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6248 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006249 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006250 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006251 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6252 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006253 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6254 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6255 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006256 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6257 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6258 break;
6259 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006260 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6261 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6262 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6263 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6264 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6265 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6266 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6267 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6268 // C++ semantics.
6269 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6270 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6271 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006272 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6273 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006274 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006275 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006276 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006277 case IntToBlockPointer:
6278 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6279 break;
6280 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006281 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006282 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006283 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006284 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006285 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6286 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6287 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006288 case IncompatibleVectors:
6289 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6290 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006291 case Incompatible:
6292 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6293 isInvalid = true;
6294 break;
6295 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006296
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006297 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006298 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006299 return isInvalid;
6300}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006301
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006302bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006303 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6304 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6305 if (Result)
6306 *Result = ICEResult;
6307 return false;
6308 }
6309
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006310 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6311
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006312 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006313 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6314 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6315
6316 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6317 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6318 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6319 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6320 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6321 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6322 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006323
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006324 return true;
6325 }
6326
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006327 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6328 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006329
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006330 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6331 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6332 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006333
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006334 if (Result)
6335 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6336 return false;
6337}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006338
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006339Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6340Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006341 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6342 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6343 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006344
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006345 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6346 return NewContext;
6347}
6348
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006349void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006350Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6351 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6352 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6353
6354 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6355 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6356 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6357 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6358 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6359 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6360 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006361
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006362 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6363 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6364 I != IEnd; ++I)
6365 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6366 }
6367}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006368
6369/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6370///
6371/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6372/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6373/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6374/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6375///
6376/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6377///
6378/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6379void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6380 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006381
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006382 if (D->isUsed())
6383 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006384
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006385 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6386 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6387 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6388 // -Wunused-parameters)
6389 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6390 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006391 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006392
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006393 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6394 // an instantiation.
6395 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6396 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006397
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006398 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6399 case Unevaluated:
6400 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6401 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006402
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006403 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6404 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6405 // "used"; handle this below.
6406 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006407
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006408 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6409 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6410 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6411 // potentially evaluated.
6412 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6413 return;
6414 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006415
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006416 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006417 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006418 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006419 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6420 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6421 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006422 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006423 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006424 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6425 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6426 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006427 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6428 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6429 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006430
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006431 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6432 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6433 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6434 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6435 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6436 }
6437 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006438 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006439 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006440 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006441 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006442 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6443 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6444 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6445 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6446 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006447 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6448 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006449 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6450 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6451 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6452 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6453 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006454 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6455 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006456 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6457 }
6458
6459 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6460 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6461 }
6462
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006463 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006464 Function->setUsed(true);
6465 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006466 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006467
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006468 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006469 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006470 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006471 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6472 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6473 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6474 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6475 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6476 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6477 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6478 }
6479 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006480
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006481 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006482
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006483 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006484 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006485 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006486}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006487
6488bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6489 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6490 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6491 return false;
6492
6493 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6494 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6495 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6496 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6497
6498 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6499 FD ?
6500 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6501 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6502 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6503 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6504 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6505 return true;
6506
6507 return false;
6508}
6509
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006510// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6511// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6512void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6513 SourceLocation Loc;
6514
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006515 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6516
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006517 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6518 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6519 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6520 return;
6521
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006522 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6523 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6524 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6525 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6526
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006527 // self = [<foo> init...]
6528 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6529 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6530 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6531
6532 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6533 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6534 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6535 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6536 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006537
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006538 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6539 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6540 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6541 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6542 return;
6543
6544 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6545 } else {
6546 // Not an assignment.
6547 return;
6548 }
6549
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006550 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006551 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006552
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006553 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006554 << E->getSourceRange()
6555 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6556 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6557}
6558
6559bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6560 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6561
6562 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6563 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6564
6565 QualType T = E->getType();
6566
6567 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6568 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6569 return true;
6570 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6572 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6573 return true;
6574 }
6575 }
6576
6577 return false;
6578}